Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-13 14:21:07 +0200 (Tue, 13 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96868 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/alternatives.it.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on-creator.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/base.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ca-management.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cio.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control-center.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/country.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dhcp-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dns-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/docker.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fcoe-client.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall-services.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firstboot.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fonts.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ftp-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/http-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/inetd.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/installation.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/instserver.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iplb.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-client.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/isns.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journal.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/languages_db.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap-client.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/mail.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/migration.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/multipath.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/network.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs_server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis_server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ntp-client.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/oneclickinstall.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update-configuration.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/opensuse_mirror.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/packager.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pam.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pkg-bindings.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/printer.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/product-creator.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/proxy.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/rear.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/registration.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/relocation-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/s390.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-client.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-users.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/scanner.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/security.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/services-manager.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/slp-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/snapper.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sound.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/squid.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/storage.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sudo.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/support.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sysconfig.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tftp-server.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/timezone_db.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tune.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/update.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/users.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vm.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/wol.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/xpram.it.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/yast2-apparmor.it.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on-creator.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on-creator.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on-creator.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/add-on.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/alternatives.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/alternatives.it.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/alternatives.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# Italian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Franca Delcarlo <francad@attglobal.net>, 1999, 2000, 2001. +# Karl Eichwalder <ke@suse.de>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Franca Delcarlo <francad@attglobal.net>\n" +"Language-Team: i18n <i18n@suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Dialog for displaying possible Choices for one particular Alternative. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Choice" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "Priorità" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set option" +msgid "Set choice" +msgstr "Imposta opzione" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up automatic online update" +msgid "Set automatic mode" +msgstr "Configura aggiornamento automatico online" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Name:" +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "N&ome:" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "Status:" +msgstr "Stato" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice:" +msgstr "Ora corrente" + +#. Dialog where all alternatives groups in the system are listed. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:53 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Aiuto" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:61 +msgid "" +"<p>The alternatives system is used when some equivalent applications are installed in the system. For example if several implementations and versions of Java are installed, the alternatives system will be used to decide which one to use when the command \"java\" is called.</p><p>Every alternative have an status, it can be automatic or manual. In <b>automatic mode</b> the system uses the choice with higher priority. Note that <b>priority</b> is set by the packages creators trying to provide reasonable defaults. The <b>manual mode</b> is set when the user selects a choice manually.</p><p>To change the current choice of an alternative, select the alternative, click the <b>edit</b> button then select the desired choice in the table and click on the <b>set choice</b> button. If you want to have the alternative in automatic mode just click the <b>set automatic mode</b> button in the edit dialog.</p><p>Furthermore every choice has its own set of <b>slaves</b>, these will be applied in the system when the choice is selected.</p><p>For example, given an alternative \"editor\" that has two choices.The first choice \"/bin/ed\" with the slave:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz</pre><p>Another choice \"/usr/bin/vim\" with the following slaves:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +"</pre><p>In this case if the second choice is selected all its slaves will be modified, or created if they do not exist already. If the \"/bin/ed\" choice is set afterward, the slave \"editor.1.gz\" will be modified and the others will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>All your choices will be lost when exiting with Cancel.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgid "" +"All the changes will be lost if you leave with Cancel.\n" +"Do you really want to quit?" +msgstr "" +"<p> Le vostre scelte verranno annullate se uscite con Elimina.<br> \n" +"Volete veramente uscire?</p>" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice" +msgstr "Ora corrente" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Stato" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:150 +msgid "auto" +msgstr "auto" + +# #-#-#-#-# ca-management.it.po (ca-management) #-#-#-#-# +# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1198 +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[manually set]" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "[impostata manualmente]" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search in" +msgid "Search by name" +msgstr "Cerca in" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:176 +msgid "Show only alternatives with more than one choice" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Sostituire la home directory dell'utente. È possibile specificare un valore assoluto o un modello." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Impostare un modello di default per la home directory di un utente se il provider di dati del dominio non ne ha specificata una esplicitamente." @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "Shell di default da utilizzare se una shell consentita non è installata sul computer." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "Shell di default da utilizzare se il provider non ne restituisce una durante la consultazione." @@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@ msgstr "Per qualsiasi richiesta PAM mentre SSSD è online, quest'ultimo tenterà immediatamente di aggiornare le informazioni sull'identità memorizzate nella cache relative all'utente, per garantire che l'autenticazione venga eseguita con le informazioni più recenti." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Visualizza un avviso in cui è indicato il numero di giorni prima della scadenza della password." @@ -1205,528 +1205,573 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Specifico per Active Directory) Usa attributo token-groups se disponibile" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI (ldap://) dei server LDAP (separati da virgole)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "DN di base di default da utilizzare per eseguire le regole sudo LDAP." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Specifica l'elenco di URI dei server LDAP separati da virgole ai quali connettere SSSD in ordine di preferenza." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Specifica l'elenco di URI dei server LDAP separati da virgole ai quali connettere SSSD in ordine di preferenza per modificare la password di un utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "DN di base per ricerca LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "Tipo di schema LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "DN di associazione di default da utilizzare per eseguire le operazioni LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Tipo di token di autenticazione del DN di associazione di default." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Token di autenticazione del DN di associazione di default." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe di oggetti di una voce utente in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde al nome di login dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde all'id utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde all'id gruppo primario dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde al campo gecos dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " Attributo LDAP che contiene il nome della home directory dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene il percorso della shell di default dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene l'UUID/GUID di un oggetto Utente LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene l'objectSID di un oggetto Utente LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene la registrazione dell'orario dell'ultima modifica dell'oggetto superiore." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che corrisponde alla rispettiva controparte shadow(5) (data dell'ultima modifica della password)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che corrisponde alla rispettiva controparte shadow(5) (durata minima della password)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che corrisponde alla rispettiva controparte shadow(5) (durata massima della password)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che corrisponde alla rispettiva controparte shadow(5) (periodo di avviso della password)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che corrisponde alla rispettiva controparte shadow(5) (periodo di inattività della password)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che corrisponde alla rispettiva controparte shadow(5) (data di scadenza dell'account)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che memorizza in kerberos la data e l'ora dell'ultima modifica della password." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che memorizza la data e l'ora in cui scade l'attuale password." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che memorizza quando scade l'account." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che memorizza il campo di bit di controllo dell'account utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o equivalente, questo parametro determina se l'accesso è consentito." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina se l'accesso è consentito." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina la data ultima entro la quale è concesso l'accesso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Quando si utilizza ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina le ore del giorno di una settimana in cui è concesso l'accesso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene l'UPN (User Principal Name) Kerberos dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene le chiavi pubbliche SSH dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "In alcuni server di directory, come ad esempio Active Directory, la parte relativa al dominio dell'UPN potrebbe contenere lettere minuscole e causare errori di autenticazione." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Impostare questa opzione su true per utilizzare un dominio in lettere maiuscole." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Specifica per quanti secondi SSSD deve attendere prima di aggiornare la rispettiva cache di record enumerati." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Determinare la frequenza con la quale verificare la presenza di voci inattive nella cache (come gruppi senza membri e utenti che non hanno mai eseguito il login) e rimuoverle per salvare spazio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde al nome completo dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che elenca le appartenenze ai gruppi dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Se si utilizzano access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD si avvarrà della presenza dell'attributo authorizedService nella voce LDAP dell'utente per determinare il privilegio di accesso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Se si utilizzano access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, SSSD si avvarrà della presenza dell'attributo host nella voce LDAP dell'utente per determinare il privilegio di accesso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe di oggetti di una voce gruppo in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde al nome del gruppo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde all'id gruppo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene i nomi dei membri del gruppo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene l'UUID/GUID di un oggetto Gruppo LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene l'objectSID di un oggetto Gruppo LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " Attributo LDAP che contiene la registrazione dell'orario dell'ultima modifica dell'oggetto superiore." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Se ldap_schema è impostato a un formato schema che supporta gruppi nidificati (ad esempio RFC2307bis), questa opzione controlla il numero di livelli di nidificazione SSSD successivi." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Questa opzione indica a SSSD di sfruttare una funzione specifica per Active Directory in grado di velocizzare le operazioni di consultazione nelle installazioni con gruppi complessi o profondamente nidificati." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Questa opzione indica a SSSD di sfruttare una funzione specifica per Active Directory che potrebbe essere in grado di velocizzare le operazioni initgroups (specialmente quando si tratta di gruppi complessi o profondamente nidificati." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Classe di oggetti di una voce netgroup in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che corrisponde al nome del netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene i nomi dei membri del netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene netgroup composti da triplici elementi (host, utente, dominio)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene l'UUID/GUID di un oggetto Netgroup LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Classe di oggetti di una voce servizio in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene il nome degli attributi del servizio e i rispettivi alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene la porta gestita dal servizio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Attributo LDAP che contiene i protocolli supportati dal servizio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "DN di base opzionale, ambito di ricerca e filtro LDAP per limitare le ricerche LDAP a questo tipo di attributo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Specifica il timeout (in secondi) durante il quale è consentito eseguire le ricerche ldap prima che vengano annullate e i risultati memorizzati nella cache vengano restituiti (e viene selezionata la modalità offline)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Specifica il timeout (in secondi) durante il quale è consentito eseguire le ricerche ldap di enumerazioni di utenti e gruppi prima che vengano annullate e i risultati memorizzati nella cache vengano restituiti (e viene selezionata la modalità offline)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Specifica il timeout (in secondi) dopo il quale poll(2)/select(2) successivo a connect(2) viene restituito in caso di assenza di attività." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Specifica un timeout (in secondi) dopo il quale le chiamate alle API LDAP sincrone verranno interrotte se non si riceve alcuna risposta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Specifica un timeout (in secondi) che viene mantenuto da una connessione a un server LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Specificare il numero di record da recuperare da LDAP in un'unica richiesta. Alcuni server LDAP applicano un limite massimo per richiesta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Disabilitare il controllo della paginazione LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Quando si comunica con un server LDAP che utilizza SASL, specificare il livello di sicurezza minimo necessario per stabilire la connessione." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Specificare il numero dei membri del gruppo che devono mancare dalla cache interna per attivare una consultazione dereferenziata." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Convalida certificazione server nella sessione TLS LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Specifica il file che contiene i certificati per tutte le autorità di certificazione riconosciute da sssd." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Specifica il percorso di una directory che contiene i certificati dell'autorità di certificazione in singoli file separati." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Specifica il file che contiene il certificato per la chiave del client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Specifica il file che contiene la chiave del client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Specifica le suite di cifratura accettabili." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Specifica che la connessione id_provider deve utilizzare anche tls per proteggere il canale." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Specifica che SSSD deve tentare di mappare gli ID utente e gruppo dagli attributi ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid invece di dipendere da ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Specificare il meccanismo SASL da utilizzare." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Specificare l'id autorizzazione SASL da utilizzare." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Specificare il dominio SASL da utilizzare." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Se impostato su true, la libreria LDAP esegue una consultazione inversa per canonizzare il nome host durante un'associazione SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Specificare quale keytab applicare quando si utilizza SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Specifica che id_provider deve inizializzare le credenziali Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Specifica la durata in secondi del TGT se si utilizza GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Selezionare la policy per valutare la scadenza della password sul lato client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Specifica se è necessario abilitare la ricerca dei riferimenti." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Specifica il nome del servizio da utilizzare quando è abilitata la rilevazione dei servizi." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Specifica il nome del servizio da utilizzare per individuare un server LDAP che consente le modifiche delle password quando è abilitata la rilevazione dei servizi." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Specifica se aggiornare l'attributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con i giorni trascorsi dall'operazione Epoca dopo una modifica della password." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Se si utilizzano access_provider = ldap e ldap_access_order = filter (default), questa opzione è obbligatoria. Specifica un criterio per il filtro di ricerca LDAP che è necessario soddisfare affinché all'utente sia concesso l'accesso all'host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " Con questa opzione è possibile abilitare una valutazione lato client degli attributi di controllo dell'accesso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Elenco di opzioni di controllo dell'accesso separate da virgole." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Specifica come avviene la dereferenziazione degli alias quando si esegue una ricerca." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Consente di mantenere gli utenti locali come membri di un gruppo LDAP per i server che utilizzano lo schema RFC2307." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN di base opzionale, ambito di ricerca e filtro LDAP per limitare le ricerche LDAP a questo tipo di attributo." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN di base opzionale, ambito di ricerca e filtro LDAP per limitare le ricerche LDAP a questo tipo di attributo." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN di base opzionale, ambito di ricerca e filtro LDAP per limitare le ricerche LDAP a questo tipo di attributo." + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "DN di base opzionale, ambito di ricerca e filtro LDAP per limitare le ricerche LDAP a questo tipo di attributo." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Classe di oggetti di una voce gruppo in LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Classe di oggetti di una voce gruppo in LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Indirizzo IP o nomi host dei server Kerberos (separati da virgole)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Specifica l'elenco di indirizzi IP o nomi host, separati da virgole, dei server Kerberos ai quali connettere SSSD in ordine di preferenza." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Dominio di Kerberos (es. ESEMPIO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Se il servizio di modifica della password non è in esecuzione su KDC, è possibile definire qui server alternativi." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Directory in cui memorizzare le cache delle credenziali." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Posizione della cache delle credenziali." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " Timeout in secondi dopo l'interruzione di una richiesta di autenticazione online o di una richiesta di modifica della password." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Verificare nella Guida di krb5_keytab che il TGT ottenuto non sia stato falsificato." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Posizione del keytab da utilizzare durante la convalida delle credenziali ottenute dai KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Memorizzare la password dell'utente se il provider è offline e utilizzarla per richiedere un TGT quando il provider è di nuovo online." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Richiedere un ticket rinnovabile con una durata totale, sotto forma di intero seguito immediatamente da un'unità di tempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Richiedere un ticket con una durata, sotto forma di intero seguito immediatamente da un'unità di tempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Secondi di tempo tra due controlli se è necessario rinnovare TGT." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Abilita il tunneling sicuro di autenticazione flessibile (FAST) per l'autenticazione preliminare di Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Specifica l'entità principal server da utilizzare per FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Specifica se è necessario canonizzare l'entità principal host e utente." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Specifica il nome del dominio di Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server AD (separati da virgole)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Elenco di indirizzi IP o nomi host, separati da virgole, dei server AD ai quali connettere SSSD in ordine di preferenza." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "Nome host AD (opzionale) - può essere impostato se hostname(5) non riflette il nome di dominio completo (FQDN) utilizzato da AD per identificare l'host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sostituire la home directory dell'utente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Specifica il limite inferiore dell'intervallo degli ID POSIX da utilizzare per la mappatura degli SID di gruppi e utenti di Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Specifica il limite superiore dell'intervallo degli ID POSIX da utilizzare per la mappatura degli SID di gruppi e utenti di Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Specifica il numero di ID disponibili per ciascuna sezione." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Specifica il SID del dominio di default." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Specifica il nome del dominio di default." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Modifica il comportamento dell'algoritmo di mappatura degli ID in modo che si comporti in modo più simile all'algoritmo “idmap_autorid” di windbind." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Specifica il nome del dominio IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server IPA (separati da virgole)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "Nome host IPA (opzionale) - può essere impostato se hostname(5) non riflette il nome di dominio completo (FQDN) utilizzato da IPA per identificare l'host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "Ubicazione dell'automounter che verrà utilizzata dal client IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Questa opzione indica a SSSD di aggiornare automaticamente il server DNS incorporato in FreeIPA v2 con l'indirizzo IP di questo client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "Il TTL da applicare al record DNS client durante l'aggiornamento." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Scegliere l'interfaccia il cui indirizzo IP deve essere utilizzato per gli aggiornamenti DNS dinamici." + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#~ msgstr "DN di base di default da utilizzare per eseguire le regole sudo LDAP." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -492,6 +492,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Nome host del provider" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Porta" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Utilizza StartTLS" @@ -2811,10 +2816,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Nome del provider" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Porta" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Tipo di replica" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -612,55 +612,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Messaggi" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Mo&stra messaggi" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Protoc&olla messaggi" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Tempo massimo (secondi)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Avvertimenti" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Mo&stra avvertimenti" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Protocolla a&vvertimenti" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Tempo massimo (s&econdi)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errori" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Mostra error&i" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "&Protocolla errori" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Tempo &massimo (secondi)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ "<p>Potete saltare, protocollare o visualizzare (con tempo massimo)\n" "i messaggi di installazione.</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ "<p>Vi raccomandiamo di visualizzare tutti i <b>messaggi</b> con un tempo massimo\n" "A volte si possono saltare gli avvertimenti ma non si dovrebbero ignorare mai.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Messaggi da protocollare" @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -991,11 +991,11 @@ "delle regole e nome di host basati su file di controllo, dovrete riavviare il\n" "processo di installazione e assicurare che i file di controllo siano accessibili.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Ubicazione del profilo di sistema" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Ubicazione del profilo:" @@ -1003,11 +1003,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Scegliete un disco rigido" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Non è stato rilevato alcun disco." @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1029,13 +1029,13 @@ "</p>" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Selezione del disco rigido" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Scegliete una delle opzioni per continuare." @@ -2259,45 +2259,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Scegli profilo" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "Il profilo autoyast risultante è disponibile in %s." + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "Utilizzo del profilo AutoYaST %1" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Recupero del file di controllo dal dischetto in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Recupero del file di controllo (%1) dal server TFTP %2 in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Recupero del file di controllo (%1) dal server NFS %2 in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Recupero del file di controllo (%1) dal server HTTP %2 in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Recupero del file di controllo (%1) dal server FTP %2 in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copia del file di controllo dal file %1 in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copia del file di controllo dal dispositivo: /dev/%1 in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copia del file di controllo dalla ubicazione predefinita in corso." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Sorgente sconosciuto." @@ -2307,7 +2323,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2317,7 +2333,7 @@ "<p>Con qualche eccezione, quasi tutte le risorse del file di controllo possono\n" "essere configurate ricorrendo al Sistema di gestione configurazioni.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2331,7 +2347,7 @@ "può essere utilizzato per installare un altro sistema tramite AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2461,7 +2477,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "Il gruppo di volumi '%1' deve avere almeno un volume fisico. Indicarne uno." @@ -2471,67 +2487,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Drive" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s unità in totale" msgstr[1] "%s unità in totale" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Non ancora clonato." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Script di preinstallazione" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Script di postinstallazione" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Script chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Script di inizializzazione" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Script di post-partizionamento" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Post-partizionamento" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Sconosciuto" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/base.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/base.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/base.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1684,13 +1684,13 @@ msgstr "&Dettagli..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Messaggi" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Mostrare messaggi: %1" @@ -1701,23 +1701,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "sì" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1725,76 +1725,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Messaggi di tempo massimo: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Registrare messaggi: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Avvertimenti" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Mostrare avvertimenti: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Avvertimenti di tempo massimo: %1 " #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Registrare avvertimenti: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errori" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Mostrare errori: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Errori di tempo massimo: %1 " #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Registrare errori: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Avvertimento:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Errore:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Messaggio:" @@ -3398,7 +3398,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pacchetto: " @@ -3560,15 +3560,15 @@ msgstr "Nome &utente" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Mostra &dettagli" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Dimensione: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Tempo rimanente per nuovo tentativo automatico: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ msgstr "Modifica posizione: %s" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Timeout in secondi" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ "Specifica il tempo di attesa del boot loader prima del caricamento del kernel predefinito.</p>\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Imposta flag &attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di avvio" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -235,11 +235,11 @@ "anche se il bootloader è installato nell'MBR.</p>" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Scrivi codice di avvio &generico su MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" @@ -248,48 +248,48 @@ "avvia la partizione attiva).</p>" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Nascondi menu all'avvio" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selezionare <b>Nascondi menu all'avvio</b> per nascondere il menu di avvio.</p>" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "&Verifica altro OS" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p><b>Verifica altro OS</b> per mezzo di os-prober per il boot multiplo con altra distribuzione </p>" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Parametro facoltativo della riga di comando del kernel" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Parametro opzionale della linea di comando del kernel</b> consente di definire parametri aggiuntivi da passare al kernel.</p>" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "&Flag MBR di protezione" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Flag MBR di protezione</b> è un'impostazione destinata agli esperti, necessaria esclusivamente per hardware esotico. Per ulteriori dettagli, consultare l'MBR di protezione nel disco GPT. Non modificare questa impostazione se non si è certi di come procedere.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "impostato" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "rimuovi" @@ -297,55 +297,72 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "non modificare" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Abilita supporto all'&avvio sicuro" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Selezionare questa opzione per abilitare avvio sicuro UEFI\n" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Abili&ta supporto all'avvio sicuro" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" -msgstr "<b>Avvio sicuro</b> consente l'installazione di TrustedGRUB2 invece di GRUB2 normale.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" +"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).</p>\n" +"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Prot&eggi bootloader con password" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "P&roteggi solo modifica della voce" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Configurazione password per utente 'root' GRUB2" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Con&ferma Password" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "La password non può essere vuota." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -354,7 +371,7 @@ " Immettete nuovamente la password." #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" @@ -363,40 +380,40 @@ "Al momento dell'avvio, per la modifica o anche l'avvio di qualsiasi voce verrà richiesta la password. Se l'opzione <b>Proteggi solo modifica della voce</b> è selezionata è possibile avviare qualsiasi voce, ma per modificare le voci è necessaria password (è lo stesso comportamento di GRUB1).<br>In YaST la password viene accettata solo se viene ripetuta in <b>Conferma password</b>. La password si applica all'utente 'root' GRUB2 che è diverso dall'utente 'root' di Linux. Al momento YaST non supporta altri utenti GRUB2. Qualora fossero necessari, utilizzare un altro script GRUB2.</p>" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Scegliere il nuovo file del tema grafico" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Usa console &grafica" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Risoluzione della &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Tema della &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Rileva automaticamente con grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Usa console &seriale" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Argomenti della &console" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Sezione di a&vvio di default" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -413,40 +430,40 @@ "boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti <b>Su</b> e <b>Giù</b>.</p>\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Ubicazione del boot loader" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "Se l'opzione è selezionata, è necessario specificare il dispositivo di avvio personalizzato" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "A&vvia da partizione di avvio" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "&Avvia da partizione radice" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Avvia da record di avvio &principale" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Avvia da partizione &estesa" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Personalizza partizione &avvio" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "Modifica ordin&e avvio disco" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -461,17 +478,17 @@ "Per rimuovere un disco, premere <b>Rimuovi</b>.</p>" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Parametri &kernel" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Opzioni co&dice di avvio" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "&Opzioni boot loader" @@ -622,3 +639,6 @@ #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Salvataggio configurazione boot loader" + +#~ msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#~ msgstr "<b>Avvio sicuro</b> consente l'installazione di TrustedGRUB2 invece di GRUB2 normale.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ca-management.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ca-management.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ca-management.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cio.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cio.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cio.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control-center.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control-center.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control-center.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/control.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni dell'installazione" @@ -75,21 +75,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Impostazione dell'installazione attiva" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni dell'aggiornamento" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione della rete" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione hardware" @@ -107,17 +107,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparazione" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Carica configurazione di rete linuxrc" @@ -127,78 +128,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Impostazione automatica della rete" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "Benvenuti" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Aggiornamenti programma di installazione" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "Attivazione della rete" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "Benvenuti" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "Attivazione disco" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "Attivazione della rete" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "Analisi del sistema" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "Attivazione disco" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Aggiornamenti programma di installazione" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "Analisi del sistema" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Prodotti aggiuntivi" @@ -206,8 +208,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" @@ -215,22 +217,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Fuso orario" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni utente" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Panoramica dell'installazione" @@ -281,31 +283,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Esegui installazione" @@ -317,27 +319,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Pulizia programma di installazione" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installazione" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema per aggiornamento" @@ -345,8 +347,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "Aggiornamento" @@ -383,47 +385,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Esegui update" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Installazione di base" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni AutoYaST" @@ -431,9 +433,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione" @@ -441,8 +443,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione del sistema" @@ -622,15 +624,14 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Desktop Enlightenment" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Selezione server minimo (modalità testo)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Archivi online" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Selezione desktop" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Selezione server minimo (modalità testo)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/country.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/country.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/country.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -326,8 +326,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Lingue aggiuntive: %1" @@ -582,25 +582,35 @@ msgstr "&Adatta fuso orario a %1" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Scaricamento delle estensioni linguistiche per il sistema di installazione in corso..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Lingua principale: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installazione pacchetti in corso..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -609,7 +619,7 @@ "Alcuni voci sono disponibili solo in inglese.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -620,7 +630,7 @@ "supporto per questa lingua.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 09:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Architettura" # #-#-#-#-# network.it.po (network) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1101 #. error popup Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dhcp-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dhcp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dhcp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dns-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dns-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/dns-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/docker.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/docker.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/docker.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -310,12 +310,26 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>Configurazione LVM</big></b></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" @@ -473,40 +487,36 @@ "Scegliere <b>Avanti</b> per continuare.\n" " <br></p>\n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configurazione del filtro LVM di DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "Modifica filtro del dispositivo LVM automaticamente" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Filtro dispositivo" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Scrittura della cache LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Abilita cache LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "Avviso. Disabilitare la cache LVM per utilizzare drbd." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "Usa lvmetad per LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "Usa metad LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "Avviso. Non utilizzare lvmetad per il cluster." @@ -536,61 +546,61 @@ msgstr "Salva" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocollo" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annulla" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Il nome nodo non può essere vuoto." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "L'indirizzo IPv6 deve essere incluso tra parentesi." #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "Per i valori IP/porta è necessario utilizzare la combinazione 'addr:port'." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Immettere un indirizzo IP valido" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Immettere un nome di porta valido." #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "I nomi di nodo non devono includere \".\" , utilizzando il nome host locale." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Compilare tutti i campi." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configurare almeno due nodi." #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Immettere un nome nodo:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Il nome nodo deve essere diverso." @@ -697,70 +707,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Unione file di configurazione DRBD separati non riuscita\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Scrittura drbd.conf.YaST2prepare non riuscita" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inizializzazione della configurazione DRBD in corso" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Leggi le impostazioni globali" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Leggi risorse" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Leggi configurazioni LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Leggi stato del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leggi impostazioni di SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Lettura delle impostazioni globali in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Lettura delle risorse in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Lettura delle configurazioni LVM in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lettura stato del daemon in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Completato" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Backup drbd.conf non riuscito" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Pulizia drbd.conf per test drbdadm non riuscita" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -768,12 +778,12 @@ "Configurazione non valida della risorsa %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Ripristino drbd.conf non riuscito" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Scrittura della configurazione DRBD in corso" @@ -781,46 +791,49 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Scrivi impostazioni globali" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Scrivi risorse" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Scrivi configurazioni LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Imposta lo stato del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Scrivi le impostazioni di SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Scrittura delle impostazioni globali in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Scrittura delle risorse in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Scrittura delle configurazioni LVM in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Impostazione stato del daemon in corso..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Scrittura delle impostazioni di SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Creazione directory /etc/drbd.d non riuscita" + +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "Modifica filtro del dispositivo LVM automaticamente" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fcoe-client.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fcoe-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fcoe-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall-services.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall-services.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall-services.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firewall.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firstboot.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firstboot.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/firstboot.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fonts.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fonts.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/fonts.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-10 16:35+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ftp-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ftp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ftp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/http-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/http-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/http-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/inetd.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/inetd.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/inetd.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/installation.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/installation.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/installation.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamenti per %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Prodotto sconosciuto" @@ -511,14 +511,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Note di &rilascio..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -582,49 +582,49 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contratto di licenza" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Lingua" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Layout t&astiera" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sì, &accetto i termini di licenza." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Per installare il prodotto è necessario accettare la licenza" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Ubicazione EULA nel sistema installato: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Prova &tastiera" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "&Traduzioni della licenza..." @@ -805,33 +805,33 @@ msgstr "Disco rigido per distribuzione immagine" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Rilevamento dei controller disponibili" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Attivazione disco" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configura dischi &DASD" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configura dischi &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configura le interfacce &FCoE" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configura dischi &iSCSI" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Configurazione della re&te in corso..." @@ -862,17 +862,17 @@ msgstr "Inizializzazione dell'installazione in corso..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Rilevati aggiornamenti dei pacchetti negli archivi aggiuntivi:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Avviare il manager del software per cercare e installare gli aggiornamenti?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Mostra &aggiornamenti dei pacchetti" @@ -1193,88 +1193,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analisi del computer" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Ricerca dispositivi USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Ricerca dispositivi USB in corso..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Ricerca dispositivi FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Ricerca dispositivi FireWire in corso..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Controllo dispositivi per dischetti" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Controllo dispositivi per dischetti in corso..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Ricerca controller del disco rigido" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Ricerca controller del disco rigido in corso..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Carica i moduli del kernel per i controller del disco rigido" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Caricamento dei moduli del kernel per i controller dei dischi rigidi in corso..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Ricerca dischi rigidi" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Ricerca dischi rigidi in corso..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Cerca file di sistema" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Ricerca dei file di sistema in corso..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inizializza manager del software" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inizializzazione del manager del software in corso..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Verifica del sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST sta verificando l'hardware del computer e i sistemi installati." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ "Consultare 'drivers.suse.com' per driver hardware specifici per l'installazione." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ "Controllare l'hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ "(specialmente in sistemi S/390 o iSCSI).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1325,8 +1325,34 @@ "Impossibile inizializzare gli archivi dei programmi.\n" "Interruzione dell'installazione." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>The automounter package will be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Il pacchetto automounter verrà installato.</p>" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1337,7 +1363,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1352,9 +1378,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1367,7 +1394,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1389,6 +1416,57 @@ "Qualora per accedere all'archivio degli aggiornamenti fosse necessario un server proxy,\n" "utilizzare il parametro di avvio \"proxy\".\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "Sorgente di installazione degli aggiornamenti" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "Mantieni pacchetti scaricati" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "Copia dei pacchetti" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "Riavvia" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "Selezionare un profilo AutoYast" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "Aggiornamento volume audio..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante il processo di lettura del file di controllo." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1442,8 +1520,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Modifica..." @@ -1738,8 +1816,11 @@ msgstr "Non è necessario scrivere le impostazioni selezionate nel sistema." #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "Importa configurazione e chiavi host SSH" @@ -1816,26 +1897,26 @@ msgstr "Copia in corso dei file di log sul sistema installato..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Desideri importare le chiavi SSH da un'installazione precedente" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ogni server SSH viene identificato con una o più chiavi host pubbliche. Scegliere un'installazione Linux esistente per utilizzare nuovamente le chiavi host e, quindi, l'identità del relativo server SSH. Le chiavi che si trovano in /etc/ssh (due file per chiave host) verranno copiate nel nuovo sistema in corso di installazione.</p><p>Verificare <b>Importa configurazione SSH</b> per copiare, oltre alle chiavi, altri file presenti nella cartella.</p>" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} su %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "Importa configurazione SSH" @@ -1860,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "Fase di configurazione saltata su richiesta dell'utente" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1869,25 +1950,25 @@ "risolto prima di continuare.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Adattamento della proposta alle impostazioni attuali in corso..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analisi del sistema in corso..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERRORE: Nessuna proposta" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1900,36 +1981,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "I&gnora configurazione" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Usa la seguente configurazione" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Fare clic su una delle intestazioni per effettuare modifiche oppure usare il menu \"Modifica...\" sottostante." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Fare clic sul titolo per apportare le modifiche." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Ripristina i valori predefiniti" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Aggiornamento" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installa" @@ -1964,7 +2045,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1977,7 +2058,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1989,7 +2070,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2001,7 +2082,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2013,7 +2094,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2024,12 +2105,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Proposta di installazione UML</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2040,7 +2121,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2058,7 +2139,7 @@ msgstr "Attivazione dell'amministrazione remota in corso..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "Modificando il ruolo del sistema è possibile che le regolazioni effettuate precedentemente vengano annullate." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/instserver.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/instserver.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/instserver.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iplb.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iplb.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iplb.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-client.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/isns.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/isns.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/isns.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journal.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journal.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journal.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aggiorna" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 @@ -115,12 +115,12 @@ #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durata" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sorgente" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Messaggio" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/kdump.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Riavviare per applicare le modifiche." @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1242,129 +1242,129 @@ "Vedere %{log} per i dettagli." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inizializzazione della configurazione Kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lettura file di configurazione in corso..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Lettura opzioni di avvio del kernel in corso..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Calcolo limiti memoria in corso..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Lettura partizioni dei dischi in corso..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Lettura memoria disponibile e calibrazione utilizzo in corso..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Impossibile leggere il file di configurazione /etc/sysconfig/kdump." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Impossibile leggere le opzioni di avvio del kernel." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Impossibile leggere la memoria disponibile." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione Kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Scrivi le impostazioni" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Aggiorna opzioni di avvio" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Scrittura impostazioni in corso..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Aggiornamento opzioni di avvio in corso..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finito" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Impossibile scrivere le impostazioni." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Aggiunta parametro crashkernel all'errore del boot loader." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Stato Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ABILITATO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "DISABILITATO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valori dell'opzione crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Formato dump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Destinazione dump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Numero di dump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "Avviso: lo spazio libero potrebbe essere insufficiente. Sono richiesti %{required} ma sono disponibili solo %{available}." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/languages_db.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/languages_db.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/languages_db.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap-client.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ldap.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/mail.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/mail.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/mail.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/migration.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/migration.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/migration.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/multipath.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/multipath.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/multipath.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/network.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/network.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/network.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opzioni" @@ -741,13 +741,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Avviso: non è utilizzata alcuna cifratura." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "Modifica." @@ -1118,14 +1118,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Tipo di &dispositivo" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nome di &configurazione" @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "Gruppo tunnel" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Dispositivi bridge" @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Indirizzo &IP" @@ -1306,62 +1306,61 @@ "Ho rilevato degli indirizzi IP doppi.\n" "Volete davvero proseguire?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Generale" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Attivazione dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zona firewall" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurate qui le impostazioni dettagliate della scheda di rete.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Indirizzo" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurate il vostro indirizzo IP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Slave di connessione" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Wireless" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Priorità ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1376,12 +1375,12 @@ "la priorità di ogni interfaccia. </p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configurazione della scheda di rete" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "Modifica instradamento predefinito tramite DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1779,7 +1778,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1787,7 +1786,7 @@ "<p><b>Tipo di dispositivo</b>. Sono disponibili vari tipi di dispositivi, sceglierne\n" "uno in base alle proprie necessità.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1797,7 +1796,7 @@ "di associare l'indirizzo MAC o il BusID del dispositivo di rete con il suo nome (ad esempio,\n" "eth1, wlan0) e garantiscono un nome di dispositivo persistente anche dopo il riavvio.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1808,7 +1807,7 @@ "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1819,7 +1818,7 @@ "il dispositivo nell'elenco. Se necessario, scegliere un driver dall'elenco sebbene, in genere, il valore di default è corretto.</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" @@ -1829,12 +1828,12 @@ " separata da spazi, ad esempio: <i>io=0x300 irq =5</i>. <b> Nota:</b> se due schede sono \n" "configurate con lo stesso nome del modulo, le opzioni verranno combinate durante il salvataggio.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Se si specificano le opzioni tramite <b>Opzioni ethtool</b>, ifup invocherà ethtool con queste opzioni.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1844,7 +1843,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1853,7 +1852,7 @@ "I valori verranno scritti in <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> o<i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1862,62 +1861,62 @@ "nel manuale <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Modulo del &kernel" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Nome del &modulo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Regole Udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nome del dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Modifica" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Mostra identificazione porta visibile" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Secondi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Lampeggia" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Opzioni ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Selezione manuale della scheda di rete" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -1927,27 +1926,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Scheda di r&ete" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Cerca" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "Nome configurazione %1 esiste già.\n" "Sceglierne un altro." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"Nome configurazione %1 esiste già.\n" +"Sceglierne un altro." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione scheda di rete S/390 " @@ -1955,131 +1970,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni dispositivi S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Nome della &porta" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Numero della porta" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Abilita takeover IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Abilita supporto &Layer 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Indirizzo &MAC Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Canale di lettura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Canale di scrittura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canale di controllo" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Inserite il <b>Nome della porta</b> per questa interfaccia (si distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Immettete ulteriori <b>Opzioni</b> per l'interfaccia (separate da spazi).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selezionate<b>Abilita takeover IPA</b> se volete abilitare il takeover dell'indirizzo IP per questa interfaccia.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selezionare <b>Abilita supporto Layer 2</b> se la scheda è stata configurata con il supporto di layer 2.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selezionare <b>Indirizzo MAC Layer 2</b> se la scheda è stata configurata con il supporto di layer 2.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Numero della &porta" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&Timeout LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selezionate il <b>Numero della porta</b> per questa interfaccia.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Specificare il <b>Time-Out LANCMD</b> per l'interfaccia.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Modo di compatibilità" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Modo esteso" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty basato su CTC (connessioni Linux to Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Modo di compatibilità con OS/390 e z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocollo" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Selezionate il <b>Protocollo</b> per questa interfaccia.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Nome del &peer" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2087,7 +2102,7 @@ "<p>Immettete il nome del peer IUCV,\n" "ad es. il nome utente z/VM a cui connettersi (si distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2097,7 +2112,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Finestra di dialogo hardware" @@ -2753,29 +2768,29 @@ "per avere tutte le opzioni disponibili.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Etichetta &indirizzo IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Maschera di rete" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "L'etichetta è troppo lunga." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "L'indirizzo IP non è valido." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "La maschera di sottorete non è valida." @@ -3412,7 +3427,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3421,26 +3436,26 @@ "o completamente disabilitata. YaST non può configurare alcune opzioni." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Schede di rete" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modem" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Schede ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Servizi DSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Tutti i dispositivi di rete" @@ -4379,79 +4394,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Avviato automaticamente al boot" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Avviato automaticamente alla connessione del cavo" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gestito da NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Non verrà avviato" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Avviato manualmente" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Indirizzo IP assegnato mediante" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Indirizzo IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Indirizzo IP: %s, maschera di sottorete %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Non configurato" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nome dispositivo: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Slave di connessione" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "slave in %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Master di connessione" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Non connesso" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Nessun hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Impossibile configurare la scheda di rete perché il dispositivo del kernel (eth0, wlan0) non è presente. Ciò è molto probabilmente causato dalla assenza di un firmware (per i dispositivi wlan). Controllare l'output del comando dmesg per i dettagli." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4459,11 +4474,11 @@ "Il dispositivo non è configurato. Premere <b>Modifica</b>\n" "per configurare.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Firmware necessario" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Sconosciuta" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs_server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs_server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nfs_server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis_server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis_server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/nis_server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ntp-client.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ntp-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/ntp-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/oneclickinstall.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/oneclickinstall.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/oneclickinstall.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-20 15:09+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update-configuration.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update-configuration.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update-configuration.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/online-update.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/opensuse_mirror.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/opensuse_mirror.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/opensuse_mirror.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 09:20+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/packager.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/packager.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/packager.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Dettagli:" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Riprovare?" @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante la preparazione del sistema da installare." @@ -1537,8 +1537,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Prodotto sconosciuto" @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Impossibile utilizzare prodotti aggiuntivi" @@ -1563,12 +1563,12 @@ msgstr "URL: %1, Percorso: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Prodotti aggiuntivi" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1576,28 +1576,30 @@ "L'archivio di installazione contiene anche gli archivi aggiuntivi riportati nell'elenco.\n" "Selezionare quelli che si intende usare.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Prodotti aggiuntivi da selezionare" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Aggiungi i &prodotti selezionati" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Inserire il supporto %1 dei prodotti aggiuntivi" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Inserire il supporto %2 di %1." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Impossibile aggiungere il prodotto %1." #. update the trusted flag @@ -1730,23 +1732,23 @@ msgstr "Applicazione in corso del pacchetto delta RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Il proprio computer è un sistema x86_64 a 64 bit ma si sta tentando di installare una distribuzione a 32 bit." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>L'elenco dei modelli riporta le funzionalità disponibili dopo l'installazione del sistema.</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "<P>La proposta riporta la dimensione totale dei file che verranno installati nel sistema. Tuttavia, il sistema conterrà alcuni altri file (file temporanei e di lavoro) quindi lo spazio usato risulterà leggermente maggiore rispetto al valore proposto. Pertanto è buona norma disporre di almeno il 25% di spazio libero (o circa 300 MB) prima di avviare l'installazione.</P>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" @@ -1755,107 +1757,107 @@ "che verranno scaricati dagli archivi remoti (di rete). Questo valore è importante quando la connessione è lenta oppure quando esiste un limite sui dati per il download.</P>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Proposta software</B></P>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Prodotto: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo di sistema: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Modelli:<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Dimensione dei pacchetti da installare: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Download in corso da archivi remoti: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Questi prodotti aggiuntivi sono stati contrassegnati per la rimozione automatica: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Per ottenere nuovi supporti di installazione contattare i fornitori di tali componenti aggiuntivi." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Per ottenere nuovi supporti di installazione contattare il fornitore del componente aggiuntivo." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Errore: impossibile verificare lo spazio disponibile nella directory di base %1 (dispositivo %2); impossibile avviare l'installazione." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Attenzione: impossibile verificare lo spazio libero nella directory %1 (dispositivo %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Spazio su disco insufficiente" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Spazio insufficiente. Rimuovere alcuni pacchetti dalla selezione unica." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Nella partizione %3 sono disponibili solo %1 (%2%%) di spazio .<BR>" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "Il nuovo prodotto <b>%s</b> verrà installato" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "Il prodotto <b>%s</b> verrà aggiornato" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "Il prodotto <b>%{old_product}</b> verrà aggiornato a <b>%{new_product}</b>" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "Il prodotto <b>%s</b> resterà installato" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Avviso:</b> il prodotto <b>%s</b> verrà rimosso." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Errore:</b> il prodotto <b>%s</b> verrà rimosso automaticamente." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1872,12 +1874,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Non è stato rilevato alcun archivio in '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1888,31 +1890,31 @@ "scaricare le note di rilascio aggiornate dal server Web di SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrazione del supporto di avvio in corso..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Impossibile integrare l'archivio del service pack." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inizializzazione dei nuovi archivi in corso..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Inserire il CD1 %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 non trovato" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1921,7 +1923,7 @@ "Controllate i file di log %1 per maggiori dettagli." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1930,12 +1932,12 @@ "La proposta di software verrà richiamata nuovamente." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Analisi della selezione dei pacchetti in corso..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1946,27 +1948,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Impossibile leggere il file di licenza %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Per mostrare la licenza del prodotto correttamente, mettere il file license.tar.gz nella radice del supporto live quando si genera l'immagine." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Lingua" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sì, &accetto i termini di licenza." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1976,7 +1978,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -1985,7 +1987,7 @@ "sul primo supporto nel file %s" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1999,28 +2001,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Contratto di licenza" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Interrompere l'installazione dei prodotti aggiuntivi?" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"Se si rifiuta il controllo di licenza l'installazione viene annullata.\n" -"Rifiutare il contratto?" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2028,18 +2022,18 @@ "del componente aggiuntivo viene annullata. Rifiutare il contratto?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Il sistema è in fase di spegnimento..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Contratto di licenza %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2963,3 +2957,10 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deselezionare alcuni pacchetti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se si rifiuta il controllo di licenza l'installazione viene annullata.\n" +#~ "Rifiutare il contratto?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pam.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pam.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pam.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pkg-bindings.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pkg-bindings.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/pkg-bindings.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/printer.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/printer.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/printer.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/product-creator.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/product-creator.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/product-creator.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/proxy.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/proxy.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/proxy.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/rear.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/rear.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/rear.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/registration.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/registration.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/registration.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -308,15 +308,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importazione del certificato '%s' in corso..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Errore connessione sicura: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -330,13 +329,13 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL non valido." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -344,7 +343,7 @@ "La rete non è configurata, impossibile raggiungere il server di registrazione.\n" "Configurare la rete adesso?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Errore di rete, verificare la configurazione della rete." @@ -586,23 +585,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "Escludi versioni &beta" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Dettagli" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Selezionare un'estensione o un modulo per mostrare i dettagli qui" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (non disponibile)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/relocation-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/relocation-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/relocation-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/s390.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/s390.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/s390.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-client.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-client.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-users.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-users.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/samba-users.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/scanner.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/scanner.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/scanner.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/security.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/security.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/security.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1237,6 +1237,12 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Configurazioni di sicurezza predefinite" +# #-#-#-#-# mail.it.po (mail) #-#-#-#-# +# TLABEL modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:83 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sicurezza" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/services-manager.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/services-manager.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/services-manager.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/slp-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/slp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/slp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/snapper.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/snapper.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/snapper.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sound.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sound.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sound.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/squid.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/squid.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/squid.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/storage.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1040,9 +1040,17 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning:\n" +#| "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "Please, consider creating one.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" @@ -1054,7 +1062,7 @@ "Utilizzare questa configurazione?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1075,7 +1083,7 @@ "Usare questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1090,7 +1098,7 @@ "Mantenere questa dimensione per la partizione di avvio?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1107,12 +1115,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1124,7 +1141,7 @@ "Utilizzare questa configurazione senza partizione /boot?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1144,7 +1161,7 @@ "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1157,7 +1174,7 @@ "Utilizzare questa configurazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1174,7 +1191,7 @@ "Usare questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1199,7 +1216,7 @@ "Usare questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1224,12 +1241,12 @@ "Usare questa impostazione?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Usare questa impostazione?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1250,7 +1267,7 @@ "Usare questa impostazione senza una partizione di scambio?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1263,7 +1280,7 @@ "in particolare in ognuno dei seguenti casi:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1276,7 +1293,7 @@ "- se questa partizione non contiene già un file system\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1287,7 +1304,7 @@ "punto di montaggio standard come /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1298,7 +1315,7 @@ "Mantenere la partizione non formattata?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1307,7 +1324,7 @@ "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di modificarlo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1316,7 +1333,7 @@ "Rimuoverlo dal gruppo del volume prima di modificarlo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1325,7 +1342,7 @@ "Rimuovere il volume prima di modificarlo.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1334,7 +1351,7 @@ "Rimuoverlo dal RAID prima di eliminarlo.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1342,12 +1359,12 @@ "Il dispositivo (%2) è usato da %1.\n" "Rimuovere %1 prima di eliminarlo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Non può essere cancellata mentre è montata." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1356,7 +1373,7 @@ "un'altra partizione logica con un numero superiore è in uso.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1369,7 +1386,7 @@ "Scegliere Annulla se non si è certi dell'operazione.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1383,7 +1400,7 @@ "rispettivi gruppi di volumi prima di eliminare la partizione estesa\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1397,7 +1414,7 @@ "eliminare le partizioni estese.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -3231,7 +3248,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Il disco è in uso e non può essere modificato." @@ -6065,11 +6082,11 @@ msgstr "Continuare nonostante l'errore?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Impossibile creare partizioni in quanto vengono utilizzate altre partizioni sul disco." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6079,7 +6096,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato perché contiene\n" "uno scambio attivo richiesto per l'esecuzione dell'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6089,7 +6106,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere modificato perché contiene i dati di\n" "installazione necessari per l'esecuzione dell'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6099,7 +6116,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso perché contiene\n" "uno scambio attivo richiesto per l'esecuzione dell'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6109,7 +6126,7 @@ "Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso perché contiene i dati di\n" "installazione necessari per effettuare l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6121,7 +6138,7 @@ "il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di scambio attiva che è necessaria\n" "per eseguire l'installazione.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6132,7 +6149,7 @@ "il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire l'installazione.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6143,18 +6160,18 @@ "sul disco %2 sono in uso.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nessun elemento assegnato come file system radice!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "È probabile che l'installazione abbia esito negativo!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Aggiunta risolvibili seguenti non riuscita: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sudo.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sudo.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sudo.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/support.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/support.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/support.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sysconfig.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sysconfig.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/sysconfig.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tftp-server.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tftp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tftp-server.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/timezone_db.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/timezone_db.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/timezone_db.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tune.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tune.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/tune.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/update.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/update.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/update.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Sconosciuto" @@ -271,19 +271,6 @@ "Volete davvero annullare\n" "la Vostra selezione dettagliata?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "Impossibile montare il sistema meta" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "È stata rilevata una possibile installazione non completa." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -329,6 +316,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 su partizione root %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "Impossibile montare il sistema meta" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -582,8 +577,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Sì, continua" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "È stata rilevata una possibile installazione non completa." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -592,17 +592,17 @@ "per i dettagli circa la risoluzione di questo problema." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Sistema Linux sconosciuto" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Sistema non Liux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ "riavviate il computer.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Controllo in corso della partizione %1" @@ -626,23 +626,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Mostra &dettagli" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Controllo in corso del file system su %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Impossibile verificare il file system" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -653,24 +653,24 @@ "Continuare con il montaggio del dispositivo?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Salta il montaggio" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Password errata. Riprovare?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Avviso" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ "Continuare con l'aggiornamento del sistema corrente?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +708,27 @@ "Per interrompere l'aggiornamento, fare clic su Annulla.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Specifica opzioni di mount" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opzioni di mount" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto di &montaggio" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -737,12 +737,12 @@ "(vuoto per rilevamento automatico)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Impossibile smontare la partizione /var %1.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -754,17 +754,17 @@ "<b>ID udev:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>percorso udev:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Nessuno" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Impossibile trovare automaticamente la partizione /var" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -775,22 +775,22 @@ "per continuare il processo di upgrade." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Seleziona dispositivo partizione /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Informazioni sul dispositivo" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Impossibile montare la partizione /var con l'attuale configurazione del disco.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -816,32 +816,32 @@ "metodo di montaggio con un qualsiasi altro metodo per tutte le partizioni." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Fstab non trovato." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "La partizione root in /etc/fstab contiene un dispositivo root non valido.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Attualmente è montato come %1 ma elencato come %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Analisi in corso della partizione root. Attendere prego..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Mount delle partizioni in corso. Attendere prego..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Ricerca di sistemi disponinibili" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/users.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/users.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/users.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Nuovo UID dell'utente" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -672,7 +684,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -712,7 +724,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Nome utente &completo" @@ -734,7 +746,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Nome utente" @@ -751,7 +763,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "U&tilizza questa password per l'amministratore di sistema" @@ -947,7 +959,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Utilizzare questa password?" @@ -1085,7 +1097,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1264,7 +1276,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1318,7 +1330,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" @@ -2094,7 +2106,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Utenti locali" @@ -3182,7 +3194,7 @@ "Riprovare." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3194,11 +3206,11 @@ "Gli utenti locali sono memorizzati in <i>/etc/passwd</i> e <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Crea nuovo utente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3211,7 +3223,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3223,7 +3235,7 @@ " e %{max} caratteri.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3239,15 +3251,15 @@ "limitazioni nel file /etc/login.defs. Consultare la pagina principale per informazioni.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "<p>Check<b>Utilizzare questa password per l'amministratore di sistema</b> se la stessa password immessa per il primo utente deve essere utilizzata per l'utente root.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importa dati utente da installazione precedente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3263,11 +3275,11 @@ "importate.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Ignora creazione utente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3281,12 +3293,12 @@ "di un utente locale.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Utente locale" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3297,7 +3309,7 @@ "'Ignora creazione utente'." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3308,34 +3320,34 @@ "'Ignora creazione utente'." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Crea nuovo utente" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importa dati utente da installazione precedente" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Scegli utenti" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Ignora creazione utente" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Login automatico" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Nessun utente selezionato" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "L'utente %d verrà importato" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vm.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vm.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vm.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/vpn.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "Chiave precondivisa per gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "IP gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Chiave precondivisa" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "Imposta" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "Mostra chiave" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Coppia di certificato/chiave per gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificato" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "Chiave" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "Le chiavi condivise per i seguenti gateway sono ancora mancanti:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,118 +64,116 @@ "I certificati per i seguenti gateway sono ancora mancanti:\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(nascosto)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Selezionare un utente da eliminare." -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." msgstr "Una chiave precondivisa è obbligatoria. Immettere una chiave precondivisa." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "Immettere il percorso di file del certificato e il percorso di file della chiave." -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Preleva un file certificato codificato PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Preleva un file chiave certificato codificato PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "Chiave precondivisa gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Certificato gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Percorso di file del certificato" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "Preleva..." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Percorso di file della chiave certificato" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Credenziali utente per client Android, iOS, MacOS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nome utente" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "Password" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "Aggiungi" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Elimina" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Mostra password" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Credenziali utente per client Windows 7, Windows 8" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Gateway - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Gateway - Certificato" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Gateway - Client mobili" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Gateway - Client Windows" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Client - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client - Certificato" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -185,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.conf e ipsec.secrets sono stati modificati esternamente a questo modulo.\n" "Se si continua a utilizzare il modulo verrà rimossa la personalizzazione." -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Il nome della connessione è già in uso." -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -199,8 +195,8 @@ "È possibile avere una sola connessione gateway per scenario.\n" "Tutti gli scenari gateway sono già utilizzati." -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -208,53 +204,53 @@ "Questo scenario è già configurato con un altro gateway.\n" "Non è possibile avere due gateway in funzione nello stesso scenario." -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Questo nome utente è già usato." -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Impossibile trovare una connessione client corrispondente." -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "Gateway e client VPN" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione globale" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "Abilita daemon VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "Riduci TCP MSS" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Tutte le VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "Nuova VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "Elimina VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Visualizza stato connessione" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." @@ -262,22 +258,22 @@ "In caso di problemi dei client VPN per accedere a determinati siti Internet, è possibile che gli host interessati impediscano il rilevamento MUT (maximum transmission unit, unità di trasmissione massima) automatico a causa di una errata configurazione del firewall.\n" "La riduzione di TCP-MSS può risolvere la situazione; tuttavia, l'ampiezza di banda disponibile verrà ridotta di circa il 10%." -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Elimina connessione" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "Eliminare la connessione " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "Completare la configurazione delle seguenti connessioni:\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -285,125 +281,125 @@ "Sono presenti connessioni VPN ma il the daemon non è abilitato.\n" "Abilitare il daemon VPN?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "Le impostazioni sono state applicate correttamente." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Impossibile configurare daemon IPSec." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "Visualizzare stato di connessione e log del daemon?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "Immettere IP gateway prima di modificare le credenziali." -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descrizione" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Fare clic su 'Nuova VPN' per creare un gateway o client." -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Tutte le reti IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Tutte le reti IPv6 (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "CIDR limitati, separati da virgole:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Nome connessione: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Gateway (Server)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Lo scenario è" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Comunicazione protetta con una chiave precondivisa" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Comunicazione protetta con un certificato" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Fornire accesso ai client Android, iOS, MacOS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Fornire accesso ai client Windows 7, Windows 8" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Modifica credenziali" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Fornire accesso client VPN a" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Pool indirizzi dei client (ad esempio 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "Il gateway richiede autenticazione" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Tramite chiave precondivisa" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Tramite certificato" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP gateway VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Utilizzare il tunnel VPN per accedere" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Immettere nome utente e password." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -411,17 +407,17 @@ "Non utilizzare caratteri speciali e spazi nel nome utente.\n" "I caratteri accettabili sono: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, trattino, trattino di sottolineatura" -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Immettere un nome per la nuova connessione VPN." -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Immettere un nome di connessione VPN." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -431,44 +427,44 @@ "I caratteri accettabili sono: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, trattino, trattino di sottolineatura\n" "Il nome deve iniziare con una lettera." -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Percorso di file del certificato:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Percorso di file della chiave del certificato:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "Non memorizzare la chiave nel file del certificato." -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Immettere il file della chiave e il file del certificato." -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Immettere una password." -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "I log vengono aggiornati automaticamente ogni 3 secondi." -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "Riavvia daemon VPN" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Conferma riavvio daemon" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -476,32 +472,32 @@ "Le connessioni esistenti verranno interrotte.\n" "Continuare?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Impossibile riavviare il daemon IPSec" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Stato non disponibile: il daemon è in esecuzione?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Installazione dei pacchetti IPSec non riuscita." -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Impossibile avviare il daemon IPSec." -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Impossibile applicare le impostazioni di inoltro IP mediante sysctl:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -509,11 +505,11 @@ "Il firewall SuSE è abilitato ma non attivato.\n" "Per il corretto funzionamento della VPN, verrà ora attivato il firewall SuSE." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Impossibile riavviare il firewall SuSE." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -523,29 +519,29 @@ "Il firewall SuSE non è abilitato, quindi è necessario avviare manualmente lo script di configurazione a ogni riavvio. Lo script verrà eseguito adesso.\n" "Lo script si trova in %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni globali VPN" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Abilita daemon VPN (IPSec): %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "Riduci TCP MSS: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Gateway e connessioni" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Un gateway per client in " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Un client che si collega a " Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/wol.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/wol.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/wol.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/xpram.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/xpram.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/xpram.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/yast2-apparmor.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/yast2-apparmor.it.po 2016-09-13 12:20:02 UTC (rev 96867) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/yast2-apparmor.it.po 2016-09-13 12:21:07 UTC (rev 96868) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"